Default to dwarf version 4 on hppa64-hpux
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blobc5d90cace80d75ef17cd5eddf657db8334f786de
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1633 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1636 DEFHOOK
1637 (adjust,
1638 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1639 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1640 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1642 DEFHOOK
1643 (usable,
1644 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1645 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1646 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1647 to use it.",
1648 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (vf,
1659 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1660 int, (void), NULL)
1662 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1664 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1665 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1666 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1667 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1669 DEFHOOK
1670 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1671 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1672 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1673 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1674 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1675 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1677 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1679 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1680 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1684 DEFHOOK
1685 (validate_dims,
1686 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1687 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1688 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1689 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1690 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1691 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1692 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1693 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1694 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1695 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1696 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1697 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (dim_limit,
1701 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1702 or zero if unbounded.",
1703 int, (int axis),
1704 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1706 DEFHOOK
1707 (fork_join,
1708 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1709 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1710 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1711 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1712 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1713 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1714 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1715 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1716 default_goacc_fork_join)
1718 DEFHOOK
1719 (reduction,
1720 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1721 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1722 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1723 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1724 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1725 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1726 void, (gcall *call),
1727 default_goacc_reduction)
1729 DEFHOOK
1730 (adjust_private_decl,
1731 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1732 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1733 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1734 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1735 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1736 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1738 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1739 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1740 way.",
1741 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1742 NULL)
1744 DEFHOOK
1745 (expand_var_decl,
1746 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1747 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1748 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1749 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1750 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1752 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1753 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1754 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1755 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1756 rtx, (tree var),
1757 NULL)
1759 DEFHOOK
1760 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1761 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1762 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1763 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1765 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1766 be used.",
1767 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1768 NULL)
1770 DEFHOOK
1771 (shared_mem_layout,
1772 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1773 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1774 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1775 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1776 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1777 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1778 NULL)
1780 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1782 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1783 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1784 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1785 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1787 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1788 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1789 function. */
1790 DEFHOOK
1791 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1792 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1793 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1794 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1795 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1797 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1798 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1799 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1800 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1801 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1802 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1803 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1804 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1805 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1806 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1807 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1809 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1810 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1811 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1812 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1813 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1814 described above.\n\
1815 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1816 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1817 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1818 tree, (void), NULL)
1820 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1821 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1822 DEFHOOK
1823 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1824 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1825 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1826 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1827 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1828 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1829 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1830 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1832 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1833 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1834 DEFHOOK
1835 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1836 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1837 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1838 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1839 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1840 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1841 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1843 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1844 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1845 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1846 DEFHOOK
1847 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1848 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1849 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1850 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1851 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1852 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1854 DEFHOOK
1855 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1856 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1857 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1858 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1859 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1860 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1861 for alignment.\n\
1863 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1864 correct for most targets.",
1865 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1866 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1868 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1869 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1870 DEFHOOK
1871 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1872 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1873 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1874 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1875 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1876 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1878 DEFHOOK
1879 (vec_perm_const,
1880 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1881 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1882 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1883 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1884 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1885 operands of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1886 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1888 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1889 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1891 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1892 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1893 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1894 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1895 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1896 implementation approaches itself.",
1897 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1898 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1899 NULL)
1901 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1902 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1903 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1904 DEFHOOK
1905 (support_vector_misalignment,
1906 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1907 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1908 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1909 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1910 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1911 bool,
1912 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1913 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1915 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1916 scalar mode. */
1917 DEFHOOK
1918 (preferred_simd_mode,
1919 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1920 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1921 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1922 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1923 machine_mode,
1924 (scalar_mode mode),
1925 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1927 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1928 DEFHOOK
1929 (split_reduction,
1930 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1931 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1932 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1933 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1934 machine_mode,
1935 (machine_mode),
1936 default_split_reduction)
1938 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1939 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1940 DEFHOOK
1941 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1942 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1943 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1944 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1945 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1946 for a given element mode.\n\
1948 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1949 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1950 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1951 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1952 element mode.\n\
1954 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1955 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1957 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1958 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1959 @table @code\n\
1960 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1961 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1962 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1963 mode that works.\n\
1964 @end table\n\
1966 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1967 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1968 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1969 returns 0.",
1970 unsigned int,
1971 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1972 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1974 DEFHOOK
1975 (related_mode,
1976 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1977 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1978 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1979 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1980 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1981 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1982 required properties.\n\
1984 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1985 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1986 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1987 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1988 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1989 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1990 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1991 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1992 vector sizes.\n\
1994 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1995 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1996 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1997 opt_machine_mode,
1998 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1999 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2001 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2002 DEFHOOK
2003 (get_mask_mode,
2004 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2005 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2006 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2007 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2008 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2009 mask mode exists.\n\
2011 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2012 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2013 opt_machine_mode,
2014 (machine_mode mode),
2015 default_get_mask_mode)
2017 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2018 mask is all zeros. */
2019 DEFHOOK
2020 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2021 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2022 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2023 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2024 bool,
2025 (unsigned ifn),
2026 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2028 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2029 DEFHOOK
2030 (builtin_gather,
2031 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2032 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2033 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2034 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2035 loads.",
2036 tree,
2037 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2038 NULL)
2040 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2041 DEFHOOK
2042 (builtin_scatter,
2043 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2044 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2045 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2046 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2047 stores.",
2048 tree,
2049 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2050 NULL)
2052 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2053 DEFHOOK
2054 (init_cost,
2055 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2056 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2057 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2058 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2059 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2060 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2061 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2062 it is for the vector version.",
2063 void *,
2064 (class loop *loop_info, bool costing_for_scalar),
2065 default_init_cost)
2067 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2068 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2069 block. */
2070 DEFHOOK
2071 (add_stmt_cost,
2072 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to\n\
2073 adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a\n\
2074 loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for\n\
2075 the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where},\n\
2076 (the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The\n\
2077 return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be\n\
2078 revised.",
2079 unsigned,
2080 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2081 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
2082 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2083 default_add_stmt_cost)
2085 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2086 loop or block. */
2087 DEFHOOK
2088 (finish_cost,
2089 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop\n\
2090 or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and\n\
2091 epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of\n\
2092 the three accumulators.",
2093 void,
2094 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2095 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2096 default_finish_cost)
2098 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2099 DEFHOOK
2100 (destroy_cost_data,
2101 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures\n\
2102 allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the\n\
2103 accumulator.",
2104 void,
2105 (void *data),
2106 default_destroy_cost_data)
2108 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2110 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2111 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2113 DEFHOOK
2114 (preferred_else_value,
2115 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2116 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2117 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2118 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2119 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2121 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2122 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2123 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2125 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2126 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2127 constant of type @var{type}.",
2128 tree,
2129 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2130 default_preferred_else_value)
2132 DEFHOOK
2133 (record_offload_symbol,
2134 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2135 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2136 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2137 void, (tree),
2138 hook_void_tree)
2140 DEFHOOKPOD
2141 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2142 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2143 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2144 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2145 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2147 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2148 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2149 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2150 DEFHOOK
2151 (override_options_after_change,
2152 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2153 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2154 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2155 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2156 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2157 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2158 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2159 void, (void),
2160 hook_void_void)
2162 DEFHOOK
2163 (offload_options,
2164 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2165 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2166 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2167 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2168 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2169 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2171 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2172 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2173 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2174 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2175 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2177 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2178 DEFHOOK
2179 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2180 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2181 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2182 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2183 targets.",
2184 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2185 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2187 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2188 DEFHOOK
2189 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2190 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2191 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2192 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2193 targets.",
2194 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2195 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2197 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2198 DEFHOOK
2199 (unwind_word_mode,
2200 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2201 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2202 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2203 default_unwind_word_mode)
2205 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2206 DEFHOOK
2207 (merge_decl_attributes,
2208 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2209 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2210 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2211 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2212 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2213 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2214 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2216 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2217 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2218 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2219 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2220 will then define a function called\n\
2221 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2222 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2223 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2224 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2225 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2226 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2227 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2228 merge_decl_attributes)
2230 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2231 DEFHOOK
2232 (merge_type_attributes,
2233 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2234 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2235 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2236 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2237 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2238 merging.",
2239 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2240 merge_type_attributes)
2242 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2243 Ignored if NULL. */
2244 DEFHOOKPOD
2245 (attribute_table,
2246 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2247 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2248 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2249 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2250 take.",
2251 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2253 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2254 argument. */
2255 DEFHOOK
2256 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2257 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2258 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2259 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2260 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2261 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2262 bool, (const_tree name),
2263 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2265 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2266 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2267 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2268 DEFHOOK
2269 (comp_type_attributes,
2270 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2271 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2272 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2273 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2274 supposed always to be compatible.",
2275 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2276 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2278 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2279 DEFHOOK
2280 (set_default_type_attributes,
2281 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2282 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2283 void, (tree type),
2284 hook_void_tree)
2286 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2287 DEFHOOK
2288 (insert_attributes,
2289 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2290 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2291 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2292 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2293 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2294 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2295 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2296 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2297 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2298 needed.",
2299 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2300 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2302 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2303 DEFHOOK
2304 (handle_generic_attribute,
2305 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2306 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2307 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2308 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2309 @var{section} attribute.",
2310 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2311 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2313 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2314 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2315 DEFHOOK
2316 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2317 "@cindex inlining\n\
2318 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2319 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2320 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2321 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2322 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2323 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2325 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2326 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2327 DEFHOOK
2328 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2329 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2330 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2331 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2332 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2333 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2334 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2335 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2336 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2337 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2338 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2339 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2341 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2342 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2343 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2344 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2345 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2346 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2347 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2349 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2350 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2351 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2352 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2353 may affect its placement.",
2354 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2355 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2357 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2358 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2359 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2360 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2361 (words_big_endian,
2363 bool, (void),
2364 targhook_words_big_endian)
2366 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2367 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2368 (float_words_big_endian,
2370 bool, (void),
2371 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2373 DEFHOOK
2374 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2375 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2376 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2377 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2378 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2379 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2380 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2381 does not.",
2382 bool, (void),
2383 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2385 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2386 DEFHOOK
2387 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2388 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2389 bool, (void),
2390 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2392 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2393 DEFHOOK
2394 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2395 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2396 bool, (void),
2397 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2399 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2400 DEFHOOK
2401 (align_anon_bitfield,
2402 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2403 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2404 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2405 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2406 bool, (void),
2407 hook_bool_void_false)
2409 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2410 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2411 DEFHOOK
2412 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2413 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2414 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2415 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2417 The default is @code{false}.",
2418 bool, (void),
2419 hook_bool_void_false)
2421 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2422 DEFHOOK
2423 (init_builtins,
2424 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2425 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2426 necessary setup.\n\
2428 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2429 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2430 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2431 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2433 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2434 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2435 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2436 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2437 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2438 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2439 void, (void),
2440 hook_void_void)
2442 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2443 built-in function decl for CODE.
2444 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2445 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2446 DEFHOOK
2447 (builtin_decl,
2448 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2449 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2450 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2451 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2452 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2453 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2454 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2455 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2457 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2458 DEFHOOK
2459 (expand_builtin,
2460 "\n\
2461 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2462 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2463 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2464 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2465 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2466 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2467 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2468 built-in function.",
2469 rtx,
2470 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2471 default_expand_builtin)
2473 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2474 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2475 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2476 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2477 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2478 DEFHOOK
2479 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2480 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2481 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2482 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2483 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2484 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2485 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2486 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2487 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2488 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2489 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2491 DEFHOOK
2492 (check_builtin_call,
2493 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2494 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2495 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2496 and return false.\n\
2498 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2499 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2500 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2501 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2502 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2503 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2504 of each argument.",
2505 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2506 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2507 NULL)
2509 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2510 and GENERIC. */
2511 DEFHOOK
2512 (fold_builtin,
2513 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2514 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2515 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2516 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2517 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2518 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2519 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2520 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2521 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2523 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2524 DEFHOOK
2525 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2526 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2527 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2528 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2529 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2530 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2531 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2533 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2534 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2535 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2536 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2537 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2538 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2539 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2540 and 0 if they are the same. */
2541 DEFHOOK
2542 (compare_version_priority,
2543 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2544 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2545 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2546 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2547 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2548 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2549 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2551 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2552 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2553 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2554 must be generated. */
2555 DEFHOOK
2556 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2557 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2558 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2559 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2560 body must be generated.",
2561 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2563 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2564 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2565 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2566 identical versions. */
2567 DEFHOOK
2568 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2569 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2570 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2571 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2572 identical versions.",
2573 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2575 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2576 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2577 DEFHOOK
2578 (builtin_reciprocal,
2579 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2580 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2581 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2582 tree, (tree fndecl),
2583 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2585 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2586 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2587 NULL. */
2588 DEFHOOK
2589 (mangle_type,
2590 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2591 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2592 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2593 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2594 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2595 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2596 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2597 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2598 string constant.\n\
2600 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2601 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2602 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2603 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2604 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2605 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2606 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2607 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2608 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2609 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2610 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2611 spaces in your string.\n\
2613 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2614 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2615 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2616 before mangling.\n\
2618 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2619 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2620 types.",
2621 const char *, (const_tree type),
2622 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2624 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2625 DEFHOOK
2626 (init_libfuncs,
2627 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2628 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2629 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2630 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2631 library routines.\n\
2633 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2634 void, (void),
2635 hook_void_void)
2637 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2638 DEFHOOKPOD
2639 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2640 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2641 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2642 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2643 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2644 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2645 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2646 bool, false)
2648 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2649 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2650 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (section_type_flags,
2653 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2654 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2655 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2656 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2658 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2659 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2660 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2661 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2662 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2663 default_section_type_flags)
2665 DEFHOOK
2666 (libc_has_function,
2667 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2668 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2669 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2670 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2671 specific type.",
2672 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2673 default_libc_has_function)
2675 DEFHOOK
2676 (libc_has_fast_function,
2677 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2678 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2679 bool, (int fcode),
2680 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2682 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2683 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2684 DEFHOOK
2685 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2686 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2687 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2688 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2689 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2691 @smallexample\n\
2692 static bool\n\
2693 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2694 @{\n\
2695 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2696 @}\n\
2697 @end smallexample",
2698 bool, (void),
2699 hook_bool_void_false)
2701 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2702 DEFHOOK
2703 (can_follow_jump,
2704 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2705 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2706 false, if it can't.\n\
2707 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2708 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2709 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2710 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2712 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2713 DEFHOOK
2714 (have_conditional_execution,
2715 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2716 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2717 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2718 bool, (void),
2719 default_have_conditional_execution)
2721 DEFHOOK
2722 (gen_ccmp_first,
2723 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2724 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2725 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2726 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2727 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2728 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2729 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2730 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2731 NULL)
2733 DEFHOOK
2734 (gen_ccmp_next,
2735 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2736 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2737 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2738 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2739 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2740 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2741 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2742 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2743 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2744 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2745 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2746 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2747 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2748 NULL)
2750 DEFHOOK
2751 (gen_memset_scratch_rtx,
2752 "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
2753 be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
2754 register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\
2755 is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
2756 rtx, (machine_mode mode),
2757 gen_reg_rtx)
2759 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2760 DEFHOOK
2761 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2762 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2763 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2764 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2765 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2766 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2767 number of memory accesses.",
2768 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2769 NULL)
2771 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2772 DEFHOOK
2773 (legitimate_constant_p,
2774 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2775 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2776 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2778 The default definition returns true.",
2779 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2780 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2782 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2783 DEFHOOK
2784 (precompute_tls_p,
2785 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2786 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2787 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2788 check this.\n\
2790 The default definition returns false.",
2791 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2792 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2794 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2795 DEFHOOK
2796 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2797 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2798 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2799 of @var{x}.\n\
2801 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2803 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2804 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2805 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2806 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2807 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2808 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2809 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2811 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2812 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2813 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2814 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2816 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2817 DEFHOOK
2818 (commutative_p,
2819 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2820 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2821 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2822 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2823 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2824 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2826 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2827 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2828 DEFHOOK
2829 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2830 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2831 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2832 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2833 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2834 but not others.\n\
2836 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2837 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2838 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2839 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2841 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2843 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2844 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2845 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2847 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2848 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2849 DEFHOOK
2850 (legitimize_address,
2851 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2852 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2853 address.\n\
2855 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2856 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2857 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2858 @var{x}.\n\
2860 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2861 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2862 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2864 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2865 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2866 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2867 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2868 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2869 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2870 strategy can generate better code.",
2871 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2872 default_legitimize_address)
2874 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2875 DEFHOOK
2876 (delegitimize_address,
2877 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2878 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2879 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2880 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2881 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2882 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2883 into their original form.",
2884 rtx, (rtx x),
2885 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2887 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2888 section. */
2889 DEFHOOK
2890 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2891 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2892 debug sections.",
2893 bool, (rtx x),
2894 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2896 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2897 DEFHOOK
2898 (legitimate_address_p,
2899 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2900 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2902 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2903 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2904 desired by the caller.\n\
2906 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2907 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2908 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2909 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2910 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2911 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2912 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2913 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2915 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2916 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2917 register is required.\n\
2919 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2920 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2921 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2922 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2923 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2925 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2926 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2927 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2928 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2929 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2931 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2932 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2933 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2934 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2935 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2936 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2937 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2938 Format}.\n\
2940 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2941 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2942 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2943 has this syntax:\n\
2945 @example\n\
2946 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2947 @end example\n\
2949 @noindent\n\
2950 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2951 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2953 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2954 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2955 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2956 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2957 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2959 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2960 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2961 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2962 default_legitimate_address_p)
2964 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2965 DEFHOOK
2966 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2967 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2968 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2969 of @var{x}.\n\
2971 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2972 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2973 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2975 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2976 DEFHOOK
2977 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2978 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2979 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2981 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2982 bool, (const_tree decl),
2983 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2985 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2986 DEFHOOKPOD
2987 (min_anchor_offset,
2988 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2989 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2990 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2991 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2992 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2994 DEFHOOKPOD
2995 (max_anchor_offset,
2996 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2997 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2998 value is 0.",
2999 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3001 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
3002 DEFHOOK
3003 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
3004 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
3005 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
3006 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
3008 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
3009 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
3010 or target-specific sections.",
3011 bool, (const_rtx x),
3012 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
3014 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
3015 DEFHOOK
3016 (has_ifunc_p,
3017 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3018 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3019 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3020 bool, (void),
3021 default_has_ifunc_p)
3023 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3024 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3025 this is an indirect call. */
3026 DEFHOOK
3027 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3028 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3029 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3030 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3032 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3033 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3034 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3035 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3036 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3037 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3038 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3039 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3041 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3042 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3043 level, outside of any function scope. */
3044 DEFHOOK
3045 (set_current_function,
3046 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3047 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3048 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3049 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3050 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3051 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3052 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3053 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3054 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3056 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3057 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3058 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3059 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3060 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3061 outside of any function scope.",
3062 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3064 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3065 DEFHOOK
3066 (in_small_data_p,
3067 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3068 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3069 bool, (const_tree exp),
3070 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3072 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3073 to the current executable or shared library. */
3074 DEFHOOK
3075 (binds_local_p,
3076 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3077 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3078 or executable image).\n\
3080 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3081 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3082 currently supported object file formats.",
3083 bool, (const_tree exp),
3084 default_binds_local_p)
3086 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3087 DEFHOOK
3088 (profile_before_prologue,
3089 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3090 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3091 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3092 bool, (void),
3093 default_profile_before_prologue)
3095 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3096 enabled. */
3097 DEFHOOK
3098 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3099 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3100 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3101 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3102 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3103 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3104 bool, (void),
3105 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3107 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3108 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3109 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3110 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3111 DEFHOOK
3112 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3113 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3114 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3115 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3116 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3117 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3118 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3119 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3120 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3121 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3123 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3124 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3125 DEFHOOK
3126 (encode_section_info,
3127 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3128 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3129 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3131 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3132 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3133 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3134 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3135 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3137 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3138 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3139 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3140 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3141 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3142 leave it alone.)\n\
3144 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3145 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3146 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3147 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3148 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3149 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3151 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3152 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3153 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3154 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3155 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3156 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3158 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3159 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3160 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3161 before overriding it.",
3162 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3163 default_encode_section_info)
3165 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3166 DEFHOOK
3167 (strip_name_encoding,
3168 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3169 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3170 may have added.",
3171 const char *, (const char *name),
3172 default_strip_name_encoding)
3174 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3175 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3176 DEFHOOK
3177 (shift_truncation_mask,
3178 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3179 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3180 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3182 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3183 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3184 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3185 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3186 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3187 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3189 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3190 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3191 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3193 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3194 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3195 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3196 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3197 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3198 by overriding it.",
3199 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3200 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3202 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3203 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3204 the reciprocal. */
3205 DEFHOOK
3206 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3207 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3208 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3209 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3210 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3211 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3212 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3213 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3214 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3216 DEFHOOK
3217 (truly_noop_truncation,
3218 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3219 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3220 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3221 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3222 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3223 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3224 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3226 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3227 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3228 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3229 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3230 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3232 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3233 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3234 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3235 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3236 necessarily defined at this point. */
3237 DEFHOOK
3238 (mode_rep_extended,
3239 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3240 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3241 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3242 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3243 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3244 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3245 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3246 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3247 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3248 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3250 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3251 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3252 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3253 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3255 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3256 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3257 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3258 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3259 extension.\n\
3261 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3262 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3263 @code{mode}.",
3264 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3265 default_mode_rep_extended)
3267 DEFHOOK
3268 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3269 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3270 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3271 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3273 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3274 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3275 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3276 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3277 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3278 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3279 bool, (void),
3280 hook_bool_void_false)
3282 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3283 DEFHOOK
3284 (valid_pointer_mode,
3285 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3286 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3287 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3288 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3289 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3291 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3292 DEFHOOK
3293 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3294 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3295 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3296 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3297 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3298 a pointer to int.",
3299 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3300 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3302 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3303 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3304 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3305 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3307 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3308 DEFHOOK
3309 (pointer_mode,
3310 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3311 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3312 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3313 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3314 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3316 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3317 DEFHOOK
3318 (address_mode,
3319 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3320 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3321 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3322 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3323 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3325 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3326 in another address space. */
3327 DEFHOOK
3328 (valid_pointer_mode,
3329 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3330 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3331 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3332 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3333 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3334 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3335 target hooks for the given address space.",
3336 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3337 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3339 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3340 space for a given mode. */
3341 DEFHOOK
3342 (legitimate_address_p,
3343 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3344 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3345 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3346 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3347 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3348 explicit named address space support.",
3349 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3350 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3352 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3353 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3354 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3355 DEFHOOK
3356 (legitimize_address,
3357 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3358 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3359 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3360 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3361 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3362 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3364 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3365 DEFHOOK
3366 (subset_p,
3367 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3368 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3369 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3370 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3371 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3372 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3373 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3374 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3376 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3377 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3378 DEFHOOK
3379 (zero_address_valid,
3380 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3381 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3382 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3383 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3385 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3386 DEFHOOK
3387 (convert,
3388 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3389 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3390 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3391 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3392 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3393 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3394 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3395 default_addr_space_convert)
3397 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3398 DEFHOOK
3399 (debug,
3400 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3401 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3402 int, (addr_space_t as),
3403 default_addr_space_debug)
3405 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3406 DEFHOOK
3407 (diagnose_usage,
3408 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3409 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3410 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3411 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3412 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3413 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3414 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3415 The default implementation does nothing.",
3416 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3417 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3419 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3421 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3422 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3424 DEFHOOK
3425 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3426 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3427 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3428 void, (tree decl),
3429 hook_void_tree)
3431 DEFHOOK
3432 (static_rtx_alignment,
3433 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3434 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3435 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3436 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3437 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3438 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3440 DEFHOOK
3441 (constant_alignment,
3442 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3443 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3444 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3446 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3448 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3449 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3450 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3451 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3452 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3453 default_constant_alignment)
3455 DEFHOOK
3456 (translate_mode_attribute,
3457 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3458 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3459 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3461 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3462 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3463 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3465 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3466 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3467 the arithmetic is supported. */
3468 DEFHOOK
3469 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3470 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3471 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3472 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3473 must work.\n\
3475 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3476 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3477 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3478 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3479 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3480 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3482 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3483 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3484 for further details. */
3485 DEFHOOK
3486 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3487 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3488 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3489 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3490 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3491 hook_bool_mode_false)
3493 DEFHOOK
3494 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3495 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3496 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3497 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3498 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3499 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3501 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3502 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3503 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3504 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3505 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3506 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3507 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3508 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3509 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3510 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3512 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3513 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3514 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3516 DEFHOOK
3517 (vector_alignment,
3518 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3519 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3520 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3521 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3522 the vector element type.",
3523 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3524 default_vector_alignment)
3526 DEFHOOK
3527 (array_mode,
3528 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3529 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3530 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3531 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3532 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3533 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3534 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3535 used in specific cases.\n\
3537 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3538 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3539 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3540 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3542 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3543 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3544 DEFHOOK
3545 (array_mode_supported_p,
3546 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3547 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3548 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3549 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3551 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3552 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3553 has operations like:\n\
3555 @smallexample\n\
3556 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3557 @end smallexample\n\
3559 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3561 @smallexample\n\
3562 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3563 @{\n\
3564 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3565 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3566 @end smallexample\n\
3568 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3569 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3570 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3571 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3572 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3574 DEFHOOK
3575 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3576 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3577 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3578 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3579 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3580 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3581 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3582 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3584 DEFHOOK
3585 (floatn_mode,
3586 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3587 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3588 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3589 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3590 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3591 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3592 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3593 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3594 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3595 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3596 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3597 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3598 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3599 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3600 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3601 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3602 default_floatn_mode)
3604 DEFHOOK
3605 (floatn_builtin_p,
3606 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3607 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3608 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3609 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3610 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3611 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3612 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3613 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3614 bool, (int func),
3615 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3617 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3618 TO, using MODE. */
3619 DEFHOOK
3620 (register_move_cost,
3621 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3622 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3623 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3624 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3625 that.\n\
3627 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3628 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3629 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3631 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3632 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3633 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3634 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3635 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3636 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3638 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3639 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3640 default_register_move_cost)
3642 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3643 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3644 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3645 DEFHOOK
3646 (memory_move_cost,
3647 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3648 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3649 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3650 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3651 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3652 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3654 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3655 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3656 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3657 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3658 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3659 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3661 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3662 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3663 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3664 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3665 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3666 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3667 are the same as to this target hook.",
3668 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3669 default_memory_move_cost)
3671 DEFHOOK
3672 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3673 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3674 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3675 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3676 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3677 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3678 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3679 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3681 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3682 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3683 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3684 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3685 units.\n\
3687 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3688 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3689 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3690 under consideration.\n\
3692 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3693 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3695 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3696 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3697 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3698 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3699 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3700 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3702 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3703 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3704 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3705 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3706 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3707 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3709 DEFHOOK
3710 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3711 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3712 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3713 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3714 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3715 bool, (void),
3716 hook_bool_void_false)
3718 DEFHOOK
3719 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3720 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3721 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3722 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3723 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3724 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3725 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3726 negative number from this hook.",
3727 int, (machine_mode mode),
3728 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3730 DEFHOOK
3731 (slow_unaligned_access,
3732 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3733 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3734 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3735 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3736 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3738 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3739 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3740 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3741 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3742 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3744 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3745 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3746 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3747 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3749 DEFHOOK
3750 (optab_supported_p,
3751 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3752 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3753 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3754 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3755 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3757 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3758 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3759 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3761 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3762 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3763 optimization_type opt_type),
3764 default_optab_supported_p)
3766 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3767 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3768 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3769 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3770 DEFHOOK
3771 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3772 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3773 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3774 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3775 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3776 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3777 for any mode.\n\
3779 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3780 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3781 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3782 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3783 insn.\n\
3785 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3786 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3787 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3788 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3789 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3790 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3791 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3792 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3793 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3795 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3796 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3797 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3798 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3799 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3800 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3801 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3802 hook_bool_mode_false)
3804 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3805 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3806 DEFHOOKPOD
3807 (flags_regnum,
3808 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3809 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3810 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3811 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3813 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3814 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3815 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3816 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3817 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3818 DEFHOOK
3819 (rtx_costs,
3820 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3822 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3823 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3824 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3825 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3826 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3827 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3828 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3830 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3831 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3833 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3834 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3835 instructions.\n\
3837 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3838 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3839 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3840 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3841 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3843 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3844 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3845 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3847 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3848 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3849 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3850 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3852 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3853 invalid addresses. */
3854 DEFHOOK
3855 (address_cost,
3856 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3857 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3858 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3860 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3861 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3862 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3863 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3865 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3866 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3867 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3869 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3870 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3871 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3872 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3873 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3874 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3875 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3876 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3878 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3880 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3881 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3882 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3883 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3884 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3885 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3886 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3887 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3888 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3889 default_address_cost)
3891 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3892 DEFHOOK
3893 (insn_cost,
3894 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3896 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3897 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3898 instructions.\n\
3900 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3901 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3902 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3903 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3905 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3906 well defined units. */
3907 DEFHOOK
3908 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3909 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3910 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3911 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3912 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3913 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3914 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3915 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3916 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3917 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3919 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3920 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3921 were true.\n\
3923 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3924 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3925 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3926 unsigned int, (edge e),
3927 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3929 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3930 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3931 DEFHOOK
3932 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3933 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3934 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3935 @code{if_info}.",
3936 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3937 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3939 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3940 memref in insn. */
3941 DEFHOOK
3942 (new_address_profitable_p,
3943 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3944 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3945 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3946 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3947 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3948 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3950 DEFHOOK
3951 (estimated_poly_value,
3952 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3953 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3954 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3955 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3956 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3957 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3958 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3959 default_estimated_poly_value)
3961 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3962 scheduling. */
3963 DEFHOOK
3964 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3965 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3966 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3967 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3968 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3969 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3970 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3971 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
3972 bool, (void),
3973 hook_bool_void_false)
3975 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3976 DEFHOOK
3977 (allocate_initial_value,
3978 "\n\
3979 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3980 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3981 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3982 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3983 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3984 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3985 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3986 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3987 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3988 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3989 @code{MEM}.\n\
3990 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3991 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3992 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3993 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3994 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3995 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3996 allocation.",
3997 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3999 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
4000 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
4001 DEFHOOK
4002 (unspec_may_trap_p,
4003 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
4004 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
4005 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
4006 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
4007 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
4008 passed along.",
4009 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
4010 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
4012 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
4013 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
4014 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
4015 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
4016 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
4017 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
4018 DEFHOOK
4019 (dwarf_register_span,
4020 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
4021 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
4022 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
4023 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
4024 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
4025 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4026 rtx, (rtx reg),
4027 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4029 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4030 register. */
4031 DEFHOOK
4032 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4033 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4034 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4035 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4036 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4037 machine_mode, (int regno),
4038 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4040 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4041 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4042 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4043 code, given the address of the table. */
4044 DEFHOOK
4045 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4046 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4047 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4048 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4049 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4050 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4051 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4052 void, (tree address),
4053 hook_void_tree)
4055 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4056 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4057 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4058 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4059 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4060 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4061 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4062 DEFHOOK
4063 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4064 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4065 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4066 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4067 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4068 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4069 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4070 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4071 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4072 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4073 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4075 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4076 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4077 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4079 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4080 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4081 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4082 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4083 VOIDmode. */
4084 DEFHOOK
4085 (cc_modes_compatible,
4086 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4087 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4088 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4089 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4090 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4091 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4093 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4094 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4095 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4096 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4097 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4099 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4100 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4101 DEFHOOK
4102 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4103 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4104 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4105 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4107 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4108 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4109 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4110 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4112 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4113 definition is null.",
4114 void, (void), NULL)
4116 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4117 DEFHOOK
4118 (build_builtin_va_list,
4119 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4120 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4121 tree, (void),
4122 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4124 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4125 DEFHOOK
4126 (enum_va_list_p,
4127 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4128 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4129 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4130 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4131 variable.\n\
4132 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4133 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4134 internal type.\n\
4135 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4136 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4137 macro to iterate through all types.",
4138 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4139 NULL)
4141 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4142 DEFHOOK
4143 (fn_abi_va_list,
4144 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4145 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4146 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4147 tree, (tree fndecl),
4148 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4150 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4151 DEFHOOK
4152 (canonical_va_list_type,
4153 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4154 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4155 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4156 tree, (tree type),
4157 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4159 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4160 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4161 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4162 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4163 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4165 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4166 DEFHOOK
4167 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4168 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4169 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4170 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4171 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4172 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4173 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4175 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4176 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4177 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4178 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4179 or an error message if not. */
4180 DEFHOOK
4181 (get_pch_validity,
4182 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4183 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4184 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4185 void *, (size_t *sz),
4186 default_get_pch_validity)
4188 DEFHOOK
4189 (pch_valid_p,
4190 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4191 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4192 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4193 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4195 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4196 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4197 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4198 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4200 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4201 suitable for most targets.",
4202 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4203 default_pch_valid_p)
4205 DEFHOOK
4206 (prepare_pch_save,
4207 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4208 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4209 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4210 to do anything here.",
4211 void, (void),
4212 hook_void_void)
4214 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4215 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4216 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4217 DEFHOOK
4218 (check_pch_target_flags,
4219 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4220 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4221 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4222 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4223 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4224 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4226 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4227 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4228 that type. */
4229 DEFHOOK
4230 (default_short_enums,
4231 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4232 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4233 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4234 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4236 The default is to return false.",
4237 bool, (void),
4238 hook_bool_void_false)
4240 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4241 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4242 DEFHOOK
4243 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4244 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4245 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4246 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4247 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4248 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4249 rtx, (void),
4250 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4252 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4253 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4254 DEFHOOK
4255 (md_asm_adjust,
4256 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4257 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4258 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4259 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4260 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4262 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4263 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4264 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4265 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4266 to @var{input_modes}.",
4267 rtx_insn *,
4268 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4269 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4270 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4271 NULL)
4273 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4274 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4275 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4276 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4277 the function is being declared as an int. */
4278 DEFHOOK
4279 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4280 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4281 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4282 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4283 int, (const_tree function),
4284 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4286 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4287 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4288 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4289 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4291 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4292 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4293 DEFHOOK
4294 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4295 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4296 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4297 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4298 @smallexample\n\
4299 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4300 @end smallexample\n\
4301 and\n\
4302 @smallexample\n\
4303 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4304 @end smallexample\n\
4305 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4306 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4307 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4308 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4310 DEFHOOK
4311 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4312 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4313 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4314 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4315 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4316 @smallexample\n\
4317 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4318 @end smallexample\n\
4320 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4321 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4322 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4323 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4325 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4326 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4327 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4328 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4329 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4330 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4331 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4333 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4334 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4335 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4336 DEFHOOK
4337 (stack_protect_guard,
4338 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4339 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4340 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4341 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4342 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4344 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4345 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4346 tree, (void),
4347 default_stack_protect_guard)
4349 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4350 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4351 DEFHOOK
4352 (stack_protect_fail,
4353 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4354 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4355 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4357 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4358 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4359 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4360 tree, (void),
4361 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4363 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4364 protector runtime support. */
4365 DEFHOOK
4366 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4367 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4368 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4369 bool, (void),
4370 hook_bool_void_true)
4372 DEFHOOK
4373 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4374 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4375 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4376 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4377 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4378 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4380 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4381 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4382 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4383 compilation for the second case.\n\
4385 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4386 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4387 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4388 along with your other target hooks.",
4389 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4391 DEFHOOK
4392 (speculation_safe_value,
4393 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4394 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4395 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4396 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4397 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4398 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4399 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4400 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4401 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4402 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4403 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4404 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4406 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4407 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4408 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4409 default_speculation_safe_value)
4411 DEFHOOK
4412 (predict_doloop_p,
4413 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4414 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4415 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4416 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4417 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4418 bool, (class loop *loop),
4419 default_predict_doloop_p)
4421 DEFHOOKPOD
4422 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4423 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4424 and branch.\n\
4425 The default value is false.",
4426 bool, false)
4428 DEFHOOKPOD
4429 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4430 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4431 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4432 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4433 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4434 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4435 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4436 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4437 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4438 The default value is zero.",
4439 int64_t, 0)
4441 DEFHOOKPOD
4442 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4443 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4444 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4445 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4446 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4447 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4448 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4449 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4450 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4451 The default value is zero.",
4452 int64_t, 0)
4454 DEFHOOK
4455 (can_use_doloop_p,
4456 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4457 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4458 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4459 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4460 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4461 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4462 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4464 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4465 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4466 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4467 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4468 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4469 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4471 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4472 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4473 DEFHOOK
4474 (invalid_within_doloop,
4475 "\n\
4476 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4477 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4478 could not be applied.\n\
4480 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4481 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4482 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4483 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4484 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4485 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4486 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4488 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4489 DEFHOOK
4490 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4491 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4492 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4493 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4494 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4495 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4496 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4497 machine_mode,
4498 (machine_mode mode),
4499 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4501 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4502 DEFHOOK
4503 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4504 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4505 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4506 default is to accept all instructions.",
4507 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4508 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4510 DEFHOOK
4511 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4512 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4513 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4514 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4515 bool, (const_tree decl),
4516 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4518 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4519 value. */
4520 DEFHOOKPOD
4521 (const_anchor,
4522 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4523 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4524 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4525 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4526 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4527 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4528 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4529 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4530 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4531 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4532 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4533 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4534 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4535 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4536 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4537 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4539 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4540 DEFHOOK
4541 (memmodel_check,
4542 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4543 memory model bits are allowed.",
4544 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4546 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4547 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4548 supported by the target. */
4549 DEFHOOK
4550 (asan_shadow_offset,
4551 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4552 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4553 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4554 by a subtarget.",
4555 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4556 NULL)
4558 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4559 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4560 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4562 DEFHOOK
4563 (promote_function_mode,
4564 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4565 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4566 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4567 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4568 pointer} types.\n\
4570 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4571 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4572 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4573 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4574 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4575 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4576 the signedness may be different.\n\
4578 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4580 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4581 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4582 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4583 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4584 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4585 default_promote_function_mode)
4587 DEFHOOK
4588 (promote_prototypes,
4589 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4590 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4591 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4592 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4593 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4594 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4595 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4597 DEFHOOK
4598 (struct_value_rtx,
4599 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4600 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4601 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4602 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4603 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4604 argument.\n\
4606 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4607 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4608 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4609 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4610 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4611 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4612 the caller.\n\
4614 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4615 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4616 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4617 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4618 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4619 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4620 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4622 DEFHOOKPOD
4623 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4624 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4625 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4626 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4627 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4628 undesirable on your target.",
4629 bool, false)
4631 DEFHOOK
4632 (return_in_memory,
4633 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4634 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4635 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4636 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4637 libcalls.\n\
4639 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4640 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4641 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4642 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4643 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4644 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4646 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4647 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4648 to indicate this.",
4649 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4650 default_return_in_memory)
4652 DEFHOOK
4653 (return_in_msb,
4654 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4655 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4656 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4657 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4659 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4660 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4661 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4662 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4663 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4664 bool, (const_tree type),
4665 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4667 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4668 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4669 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4670 DEFHOOK
4671 (pass_by_reference,
4672 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4673 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4674 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4675 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4677 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4678 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4679 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4680 to that type.",
4681 bool,
4682 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4683 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4685 DEFHOOK
4686 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4687 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4688 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4689 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4690 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4691 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4692 rtx, (void),
4693 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4695 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4696 DEFHOOK
4697 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4698 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4699 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4700 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4701 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4702 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4703 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4704 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4706 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4707 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4708 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4709 arguments.\n\
4711 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4712 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4713 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4714 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4715 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4716 frame.\n\
4718 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4719 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4720 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4721 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4722 for all data types.\n\
4724 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4725 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4726 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4727 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4728 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4729 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4730 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4731 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4733 DEFHOOK
4734 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4735 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4736 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4737 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4738 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4739 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4740 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4741 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4742 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4743 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4745 DEFHOOK
4746 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4747 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4748 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4749 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4750 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4751 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4752 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4753 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4754 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4755 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4757 DEFHOOK
4758 (load_returned_bounds,
4759 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4760 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4761 loaded bounds.",
4762 rtx, (rtx slot),
4763 default_load_returned_bounds)
4765 DEFHOOK
4766 (store_returned_bounds,
4767 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4768 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4769 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4770 default_store_returned_bounds)
4772 DEFHOOK
4773 (call_args,
4774 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4775 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4776 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4777 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4778 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4779 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4780 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4781 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4782 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4783 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4784 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4785 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4786 void, (rtx, tree),
4787 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4789 DEFHOOK
4790 (end_call_args,
4791 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4792 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4793 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4794 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4795 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4796 void, (void),
4797 hook_void_void)
4799 DEFHOOK
4800 (push_argument,
4801 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4802 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4803 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4804 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4805 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4806 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4807 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4808 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4809 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4810 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4811 default_push_argument)
4813 DEFHOOK
4814 (strict_argument_naming,
4815 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4816 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4818 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4819 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4820 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4821 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4822 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4823 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4824 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4826 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4827 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4828 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4830 /* Returns true if we should use
4831 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4832 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4833 DEFHOOK
4834 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4835 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4836 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4837 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4838 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4839 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4840 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4841 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4842 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4844 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4845 should be passed as two scalars. */
4846 DEFHOOK
4847 (split_complex_arg,
4848 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4849 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4850 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4851 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4852 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4853 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4854 point register.\n\
4856 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4857 false.",
4858 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4860 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4861 but must be passed on the stack. */
4862 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4863 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4864 DEFHOOK
4865 (must_pass_in_stack,
4866 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4867 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4868 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4869 documentation.",
4870 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4871 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4873 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4874 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4875 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4876 DEFHOOK
4877 (callee_copies,
4878 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4879 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4880 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4881 by the caller.\n\
4883 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4884 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4885 not be generated.\n\
4887 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4888 bool,
4889 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4890 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4892 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4893 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4894 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4895 DEFHOOK
4896 (arg_partial_bytes,
4897 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4898 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4899 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4900 pushed on the stack.\n\
4902 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4903 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4904 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4905 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4906 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4907 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4908 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4910 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4911 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4912 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4913 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4914 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4916 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4917 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4918 argument. */
4919 DEFHOOK
4920 (function_arg_advance,
4921 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4922 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4923 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4924 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4926 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4927 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4928 used for arguments without any special help.",
4929 void,
4930 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4931 default_function_arg_advance)
4933 DEFHOOK
4934 (function_arg_offset,
4935 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4936 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4937 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4938 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4939 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4940 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4941 default_function_arg_offset)
4943 DEFHOOK
4944 (function_arg_padding,
4945 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4946 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4947 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4948 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4950 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4951 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4952 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4954 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4955 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4956 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4957 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4958 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4959 default_function_arg_padding)
4961 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4962 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4963 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4964 argument. */
4965 DEFHOOK
4966 (function_arg,
4967 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4968 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4969 the previous arguments.\n\
4971 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4972 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4973 on the stack.\n\
4975 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4976 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4977 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4978 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4979 for more information.\n\
4981 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4982 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4983 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4984 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4985 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4986 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4987 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4988 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4989 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4990 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4991 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4992 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4993 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4995 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4996 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4997 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4999 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
5000 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
5001 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
5002 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
5003 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
5004 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
5006 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
5007 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
5008 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
5009 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
5010 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
5011 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
5012 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
5013 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
5014 a register.",
5015 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5016 default_function_arg)
5018 DEFHOOK
5019 (function_incoming_arg,
5020 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
5021 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
5022 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
5023 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
5025 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
5026 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
5027 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
5028 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
5029 arrive.\n\
5031 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
5032 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
5033 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
5035 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
5036 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
5037 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5038 default_function_incoming_arg)
5040 DEFHOOK
5041 (function_arg_boundary,
5042 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
5043 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
5044 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
5045 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5046 default_function_arg_boundary)
5048 DEFHOOK
5049 (function_arg_round_boundary,
5050 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
5051 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
5052 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
5053 value.",
5054 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5055 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
5057 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
5058 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
5059 DEFHOOK
5060 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
5061 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5062 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5063 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5064 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5065 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5067 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5068 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5069 DEFHOOK
5070 (function_value,
5071 "\n\
5072 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5073 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5074 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5075 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5076 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5077 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5078 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5079 a function returns a value.\n\
5081 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5082 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5083 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5084 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5085 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5086 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5087 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5088 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5089 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5090 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5091 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5092 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5094 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5095 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5096 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5098 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5099 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5100 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5101 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5102 known.\n\
5104 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5105 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5106 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5107 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5109 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5110 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5111 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5112 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5113 default_function_value)
5115 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5116 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5117 DEFHOOK
5118 (libcall_value,
5119 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5120 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5122 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5123 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5124 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5126 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5127 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5128 default_libcall_value)
5130 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5131 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5132 DEFHOOK
5133 (function_value_regno_p,
5134 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5135 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5137 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5138 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5139 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5141 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5142 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5143 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5145 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5146 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5147 default_function_value_regno_p)
5149 DEFHOOK
5150 (fntype_abi,
5151 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5152 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5153 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5154 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5155 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5156 NULL)
5158 DEFHOOK
5159 (insn_callee_abi,
5160 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5161 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5162 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5163 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5164 directly.\n\
5166 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5167 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5168 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5169 NULL)
5171 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5172 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5173 (internal_arg_pointer,
5174 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5175 current function.",
5176 rtx, (void),
5177 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5179 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5180 DEFHOOK
5181 (update_stack_boundary,
5182 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5183 necessary.",
5184 void, (void), NULL)
5186 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5187 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5188 DEFHOOK
5189 (get_drap_rtx,
5190 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5191 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5192 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5193 is needed.",
5194 rtx, (void), NULL)
5196 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5197 DEFHOOK
5198 (zero_call_used_regs,
5199 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5200 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5201 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5203 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5204 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5205 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5206 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5207 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5208 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5209 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5211 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5212 stack. */
5213 DEFHOOK
5214 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5215 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5216 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5217 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5218 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5219 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5220 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5221 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5222 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5223 bool, (void),
5224 hook_bool_void_true)
5226 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5227 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5228 DEFHOOK
5229 (static_chain,
5230 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5231 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5232 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5233 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5234 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5236 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5238 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5239 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5240 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5241 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5242 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5243 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5244 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5245 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5246 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5247 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5248 to refer to those items.",
5249 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5250 default_static_chain)
5252 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5253 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5254 DEFHOOK
5255 (trampoline_init,
5256 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5257 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5258 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5259 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5260 when it is called.\n\
5262 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5263 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5264 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5265 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5266 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5267 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5269 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5270 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5271 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5272 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5273 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5274 default_trampoline_init)
5276 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5277 DEFHOOK
5278 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5279 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5280 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5281 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5282 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5284 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5285 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5286 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5287 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5288 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5289 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5291 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5292 DEFHOOK
5293 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5294 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5295 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5296 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5297 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5298 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5299 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5300 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5301 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5303 DEFHOOKPOD
5304 (custom_function_descriptors,
5305 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5306 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5307 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5308 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5309 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5310 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5311 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5312 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5314 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5315 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5316 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5318 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5319 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5320 it to be made executable.",
5321 int, -1)
5323 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5324 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5325 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5326 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5327 DEFHOOK
5328 (return_pops_args,
5329 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5330 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5331 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5333 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5334 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5335 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5336 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5338 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5339 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5340 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5341 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5342 arguments (if known).\n\
5344 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5345 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5346 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5347 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5348 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5349 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5351 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5352 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5353 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5355 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5356 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5357 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5358 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5359 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5360 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5361 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5362 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5363 number of arguments.",
5364 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5365 default_return_pops_args)
5367 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5368 returned. */
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (get_raw_result_mode,
5371 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5372 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5373 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5374 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5375 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5377 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5378 passed. */
5379 DEFHOOK
5380 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5381 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5382 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5383 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5384 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5385 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5387 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5388 DEFHOOK
5389 (empty_record_p,
5390 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5391 is to return @code{false}.",
5392 bool, (const_tree type),
5393 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5395 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5396 DEFHOOK
5397 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5398 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5399 ABI.",
5400 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5401 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5403 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5405 DEFHOOK
5406 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5407 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5408 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5409 bool, (void),
5410 hook_bool_void_false)
5412 DEFHOOK
5413 (init_pic_reg,
5414 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5415 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5416 void, (void),
5417 hook_void_void)
5419 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5420 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5421 DEFHOOK
5422 (invalid_conversion,
5423 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5424 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5425 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5426 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5427 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5429 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5430 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5431 DEFHOOK
5432 (invalid_unary_op,
5433 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5434 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5435 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5436 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5437 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5438 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5440 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5441 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5442 DEFHOOK
5443 (invalid_binary_op,
5444 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5445 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5446 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5447 the front end.",
5448 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5449 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5451 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5452 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5453 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5454 DEFHOOK
5455 (promoted_type,
5456 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5457 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5458 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5459 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5460 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5461 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5462 tree, (const_tree type),
5463 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5465 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5466 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5467 the standard conversion rules. */
5468 DEFHOOK
5469 (convert_to_type,
5470 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5471 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5472 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5473 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5474 conversion rules.\n\
5475 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5476 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5477 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5479 DEFHOOK
5480 (verify_type_context,
5481 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5482 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5483 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5484 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5486 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5487 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5488 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5490 The default implementation always returns true.",
5491 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5492 bool silent_p),
5493 NULL)
5495 DEFHOOK
5496 (can_change_mode_class,
5497 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5498 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5499 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5500 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5501 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5503 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5504 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5505 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5506 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5507 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5508 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5510 @smallexample\n\
5511 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5512 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5513 @end smallexample\n\
5515 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5516 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5517 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5518 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5519 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5520 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5521 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5522 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5523 value that the middle-end intended.",
5524 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5525 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5527 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5530 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5531 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5533 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5534 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5535 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5537 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5538 DEFHOOK
5539 (lra_p,
5540 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5542 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5543 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5544 bool, (void),
5545 default_lra_p)
5547 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5548 DEFHOOK
5549 (register_priority,
5550 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5551 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5552 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5553 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5554 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5555 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5556 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5557 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5559 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5560 int, (int),
5561 default_register_priority)
5563 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5564 DEFHOOK
5565 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5566 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5567 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5568 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5569 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5570 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5571 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5572 optimizations.\n\
5574 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5575 bool, (void),
5576 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5578 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5579 DEFHOOK
5580 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5581 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5582 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5583 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5584 the insn.\n\
5586 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5587 bool, (void),
5588 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5590 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5591 instead of memory. */
5592 DEFHOOK
5593 (spill_class,
5594 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5595 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5596 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5597 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5598 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5599 NULL)
5601 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5602 DEFHOOK
5603 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5604 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5605 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5606 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5607 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5608 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5609 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5610 bool, (reg_class_t),
5611 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5613 DEFHOOK
5614 (cstore_mode,
5615 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5616 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5617 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5618 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5619 patterns.",
5620 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5621 default_cstore_mode)
5623 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5624 classes to use. */
5625 DEFHOOK
5626 (compute_pressure_classes,
5627 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5628 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5629 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5630 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5631 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5633 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5634 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5635 DEFHOOK
5636 (member_type_forces_blk,
5637 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5638 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5640 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5641 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5642 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5643 retain the field's mode.\n\
5645 Normally, this is not needed.",
5646 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5647 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5649 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5650 that gate the divod transform. */
5651 DEFHOOK
5652 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5653 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5654 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5655 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5656 NULL)
5658 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5659 DEFHOOK
5660 (secondary_reload,
5661 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5662 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5663 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5664 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5665 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5666 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5667 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5668 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5669 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5670 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5671 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5672 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5674 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5675 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5676 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5677 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5678 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5679 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5680 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5681 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5682 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5683 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5685 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5687 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5688 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5689 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5690 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5691 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5693 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5694 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5695 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5696 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5697 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5698 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5700 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5701 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5702 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5703 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5704 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5706 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5707 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5708 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5709 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5710 single-register-class\n\
5711 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5712 output constraint.\n\
5714 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5715 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5716 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5717 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5719 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5720 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5721 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5722 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5723 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5724 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5725 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5726 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5729 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5730 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5731 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5732 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5734 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5735 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5736 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5738 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5739 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5740 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5741 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5742 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5743 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5744 reg_class_t,
5745 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5746 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5747 default_secondary_reload)
5749 DEFHOOK
5750 (secondary_memory_needed,
5751 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5752 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5753 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5754 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5755 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5756 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5757 false for all inputs.",
5758 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5759 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5761 DEFHOOK
5762 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5763 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5764 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5765 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5767 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5768 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5769 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5770 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5771 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5772 floating-point registers.\n\
5774 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5775 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5776 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5777 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5778 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5779 details.\n\
5781 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5782 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5783 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5785 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5786 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5787 DEFHOOK
5788 (preferred_reload_class,
5789 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5790 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5791 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5792 another, smaller class.\n\
5794 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5796 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5797 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5798 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5799 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5800 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5802 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5803 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5804 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5805 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5806 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5807 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5808 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5809 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5810 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5811 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5812 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5814 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5815 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5816 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5817 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5818 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5819 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5820 reg_class_t,
5821 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5822 default_preferred_reload_class)
5824 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5825 input reloads. */
5826 DEFHOOK
5827 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5828 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5829 input reloads.\n\
5831 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5832 argument.\n\
5834 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5835 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5836 reg_class_t,
5837 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5838 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5840 DEFHOOK
5841 (select_early_remat_modes,
5842 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5843 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5844 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5845 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5847 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5848 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5849 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5850 void, (sbitmap modes),
5851 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5853 DEFHOOK
5854 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5855 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5856 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5857 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5859 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5860 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5861 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5862 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5863 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5865 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5866 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5867 pressure.",
5868 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5869 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5871 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5872 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5873 DEFHOOK
5874 (class_max_nregs,
5875 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5876 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5878 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5879 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5880 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5881 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5882 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5884 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5885 in the reload pass.\n\
5887 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5888 in words.",
5889 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5890 default_class_max_nregs)
5892 DEFHOOK
5893 (preferred_rename_class,
5894 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5895 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5896 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5897 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5898 is not implemented.\n\
5899 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5900 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5901 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5902 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5903 be reduced.",
5904 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5905 default_preferred_rename_class)
5907 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5908 during register allocation. */
5909 DEFHOOK
5910 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5911 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5912 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5913 register allocation.\n\
5914 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5915 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5916 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5917 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5918 bool, (rtx subst),
5919 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5921 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5922 displacement addressing. */
5923 DEFHOOK
5924 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5925 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5926 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5927 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5928 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5929 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5931 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5932 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5933 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5934 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5935 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5937 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5938 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5939 DEFHOOK
5940 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5941 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5942 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5943 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5944 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5945 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5946 usage.",
5947 void, (void),
5948 hook_void_void)
5950 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5951 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5952 but will be later. */
5953 DEFHOOK
5954 (instantiate_decls,
5955 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5956 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5957 void, (void),
5958 hook_void_void)
5960 DEFHOOK
5961 (hard_regno_nregs,
5962 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5963 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5964 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5965 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5966 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5967 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5969 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5970 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5971 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5973 DEFHOOK
5974 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5975 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5976 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5977 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5978 unconditionally.\n\
5980 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5981 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5983 @cindex register pairs\n\
5984 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5985 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5986 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5988 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5989 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5990 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5991 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5993 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5994 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5995 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5996 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5997 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5998 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5999 modes to be tieable.\n\
6001 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
6002 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
6003 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
6004 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
6005 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
6006 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
6008 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
6009 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
6010 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
6011 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
6012 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
6013 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
6014 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
6015 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
6016 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
6018 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
6019 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
6020 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
6021 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
6022 constraints for those instructions.\n\
6024 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
6025 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
6026 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
6027 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
6028 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
6029 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6030 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
6032 DEFHOOK
6033 (modes_tieable_p,
6034 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
6035 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
6037 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
6038 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
6039 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
6040 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
6041 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
6042 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
6043 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
6045 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
6046 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
6047 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
6048 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
6049 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
6051 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
6052 in peephole2. */
6053 DEFHOOK
6054 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
6055 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
6056 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
6058 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
6059 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
6061 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6062 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6063 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6065 DEFHOOK
6066 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6067 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6068 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6069 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6070 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6071 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6072 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6073 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6074 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6075 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6076 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6077 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6079 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6080 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6081 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6082 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6084 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6085 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6086 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6087 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6089 DEFHOOK
6090 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6091 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6092 const char *, (void),
6093 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6095 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6096 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6097 DEFHOOK
6098 (case_values_threshold,
6099 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6100 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6101 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6102 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6103 unsigned int, (void),
6104 default_case_values_threshold)
6106 DEFHOOK
6107 (starting_frame_offset,
6108 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6109 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6110 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6111 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6112 implementation returns 0.",
6113 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6114 hook_hwi_void_0)
6116 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6117 DEFHOOK
6118 (compute_frame_layout,
6119 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6120 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6121 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6122 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6123 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6124 this callback is optional.",
6125 void, (void),
6126 hook_void_void)
6128 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6129 DEFHOOK
6130 (frame_pointer_required,
6131 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6132 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6133 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6135 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6136 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6137 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6138 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6139 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6140 pointer.\n\
6142 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6143 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6144 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6145 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6146 them.\n\
6148 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6149 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6150 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6152 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6153 bool, (void),
6154 hook_bool_void_false)
6156 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6157 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6158 DEFHOOK
6159 (can_eliminate,
6160 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6161 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6162 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6163 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6164 knows about.\n\
6166 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6167 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6168 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6170 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6171 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6172 target. */
6173 DEFHOOK
6174 (conditional_register_usage,
6175 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6176 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6177 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6178 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6179 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6180 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6181 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6182 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6183 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6184 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6185 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6186 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6187 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6188 command options have been applied.\n\
6190 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6191 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6192 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6193 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6194 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6195 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6196 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6197 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6199 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6200 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6201 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6202 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6203 void, (void),
6204 hook_void_void)
6206 DEFHOOK
6207 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6208 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6209 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6210 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6211 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6212 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6213 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6214 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6215 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6216 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6217 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6220 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6221 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6222 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6223 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6225 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6226 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6227 (mode_for_suffix,
6228 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6229 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6230 machine_mode, (char c),
6231 default_mode_for_suffix)
6233 DEFHOOK
6234 (excess_precision,
6235 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6236 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6237 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6238 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6239 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6240 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6241 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6242 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6243 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6244 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6245 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6246 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6247 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6248 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\n\
6249 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6250 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6251 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6252 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6253 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6254 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6255 default_excess_precision)
6257 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6259 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6260 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6261 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6262 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6264 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6265 DEFHOOK
6266 (guard_type,
6267 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6268 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6269 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6270 tree, (void),
6271 default_cxx_guard_type)
6273 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6274 DEFHOOK
6275 (guard_mask_bit,
6276 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6277 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6278 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6279 bool, (void),
6280 hook_bool_void_false)
6282 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6283 DEFHOOK
6284 (get_cookie_size,
6285 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6286 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6287 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6288 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6289 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6290 tree, (tree type),
6291 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6293 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6294 DEFHOOK
6295 (cookie_has_size,
6296 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6297 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6298 bool, (void),
6299 hook_bool_void_false)
6301 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6302 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6303 DEFHOOK
6304 (import_export_class,
6305 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6306 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6307 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6308 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6309 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6310 backend's targeted operating system.",
6311 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6313 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6314 DEFHOOK
6315 (cdtor_returns_this,
6316 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6317 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6318 @code{false}.",
6319 bool, (void),
6320 hook_bool_void_false)
6322 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6323 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6324 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6325 DEFHOOK
6326 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6327 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6328 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6329 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6330 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6331 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6332 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6333 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6334 bool, (void),
6335 hook_bool_void_true)
6337 DEFHOOK
6338 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6339 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6340 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6341 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6342 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6343 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6344 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6345 void, (tree decl),
6346 hook_void_tree)
6348 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6349 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6350 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6351 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6352 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6353 DEFHOOK
6354 (class_data_always_comdat,
6355 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6356 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6357 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6358 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6359 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6360 bool, (void),
6361 hook_bool_void_true)
6363 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6364 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6365 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6366 DEFHOOK
6367 (library_rtti_comdat,
6368 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6369 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6370 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6371 bool, (void),
6372 hook_bool_void_true)
6374 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6375 destructors. */
6376 DEFHOOK
6377 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6378 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6379 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6380 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6381 bool, (void),
6382 hook_bool_void_false)
6384 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6385 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6386 DEFHOOK
6387 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6388 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6389 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6390 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6391 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6392 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6393 bool, (void),
6394 hook_bool_void_false)
6396 DEFHOOK
6397 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6398 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6399 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6400 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6401 void, (tree type),
6402 hook_void_tree)
6404 DEFHOOK
6405 (decl_mangling_context,
6406 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6407 tree, (const_tree decl),
6408 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6410 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6412 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6413 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6414 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6415 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6417 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6418 DEFHOOKPOD
6419 (get_address,
6420 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6421 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6422 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6423 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6425 DEFHOOKPOD
6426 (register_common,
6427 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6428 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6429 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6430 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6431 registration function to be used.",
6432 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6434 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6435 DEFHOOKPOD
6436 (var_section,
6437 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6438 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6439 any section.",
6440 const char *, NULL)
6442 DEFHOOKPOD
6443 (tmpl_section,
6444 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6445 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6446 section.",
6447 const char *, NULL)
6449 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6450 DEFHOOKPOD
6451 (var_prefix,
6452 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6453 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6454 const char *, NULL)
6456 DEFHOOKPOD
6457 (tmpl_prefix,
6458 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6459 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6460 const char *, NULL)
6462 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6463 DEFHOOK
6464 (var_fields,
6465 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6466 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6467 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6468 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6469 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6470 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6471 default_emutls_var_fields)
6473 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6474 DEFHOOK
6475 (var_init,
6476 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6477 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6478 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6479 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6480 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6481 default_emutls_var_init)
6483 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6484 proxy variable. */
6485 DEFHOOKPOD
6486 (var_align_fixed,
6487 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6488 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6489 single objects. The default is false.",
6490 bool, false)
6492 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6493 DEFHOOKPOD
6494 (debug_form_tls_address,
6495 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6496 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6497 bool, false)
6499 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6501 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6502 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6503 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6505 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6506 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6507 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6508 DEFHOOK
6509 (valid_attribute_p,
6510 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6511 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6512 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6513 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6514 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6516 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6517 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6518 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6519 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6520 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6522 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6523 DEFHOOK
6524 (save,
6525 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6526 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6527 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6528 @xref{Option file format}.",
6529 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6530 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6532 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6533 structure. */
6534 DEFHOOK
6535 (restore,
6536 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6537 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6538 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6539 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6540 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6542 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6543 streamed in. */
6544 DEFHOOK
6545 (post_stream_in,
6546 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6547 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6548 LTO bytecode.",
6549 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6551 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6552 structure. */
6553 DEFHOOK
6554 (print,
6555 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6556 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6557 function-specific options.",
6558 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6560 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6561 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6562 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6563 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6564 DEFHOOK
6565 (pragma_parse,
6566 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6567 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6568 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6569 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6570 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6571 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6573 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6574 DEFHOOK
6575 (override,
6576 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6577 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6578 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6579 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6581 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6582 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6584 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6585 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6586 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6587 void, (void),
6588 hook_void_void)
6590 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6591 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6592 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6593 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6594 DEFHOOK
6595 (function_versions,
6596 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6597 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6598 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6599 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6600 different target machines.",
6601 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6602 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6604 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6605 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6606 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6607 DEFHOOK
6608 (can_inline_p,
6609 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6610 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6611 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6612 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6613 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6614 default_target_can_inline_p)
6616 DEFHOOK
6617 (relayout_function,
6618 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6619 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6620 with the attribute target.",
6621 void, (tree fndecl),
6622 hook_void_tree)
6624 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6626 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6627 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6628 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6629 DEFHOOK
6630 (extra_live_on_entry,
6631 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6632 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6633 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6634 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6635 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6636 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6637 void, (bitmap regs),
6638 hook_void_bitmap)
6640 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6641 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6642 definition. */
6643 DEFHOOKPOD
6644 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6645 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6646 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6647 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6648 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6649 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6650 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6651 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6652 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6653 bool,
6654 false)
6656 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6657 DEFHOOK
6658 (set_up_by_prologue,
6659 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6660 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6661 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6662 NULL)
6664 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6665 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6666 function attribute. */
6667 DEFHOOK
6668 (warn_func_return,
6669 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6670 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6671 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6672 bool, (tree),
6673 hook_bool_tree_true)
6675 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6676 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6677 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6679 DEFHOOK
6680 (get_separate_components,
6681 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6682 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6683 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6684 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6685 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6686 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6687 sbitmap, (void),
6688 NULL)
6690 DEFHOOK
6691 (components_for_bb,
6692 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6693 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6694 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6695 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6696 NULL)
6698 DEFHOOK
6699 (disqualify_components,
6700 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6701 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6702 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6703 epilogue instead.",
6704 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6705 NULL)
6707 DEFHOOK
6708 (emit_prologue_components,
6709 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6710 void, (sbitmap),
6711 NULL)
6713 DEFHOOK
6714 (emit_epilogue_components,
6715 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6716 void, (sbitmap),
6717 NULL)
6719 DEFHOOK
6720 (set_handled_components,
6721 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6722 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6723 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6724 will be deleted after this call.",
6725 void, (sbitmap),
6726 NULL)
6728 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6729 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6730 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6732 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6733 DEFHOOK
6734 (debug_unwind_info,
6735 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6736 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6737 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6738 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6740 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6741 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6743 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6744 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6745 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6746 default_debug_unwind_info)
6748 DEFHOOK
6749 (reset_location_view,
6750 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6751 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6752 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6753 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6755 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6756 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6757 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6758 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6759 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6761 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6762 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6763 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6765 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6766 defined at this time. */
6767 DEFHOOK
6768 (canonicalize_comparison,
6769 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6770 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6771 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6772 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6774 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6775 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6776 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6777 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6778 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6779 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6780 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6782 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6783 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6784 @file{md} file.\n\
6786 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6787 comparison code or operands.",
6788 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6789 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6791 DEFHOOK
6792 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6793 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6794 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6795 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6797 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6798 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6799 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6801 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6802 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6803 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6805 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6806 defined to 1.",
6807 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6809 DEFHOOKPOD
6810 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6811 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6812 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6813 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6814 unsigned char, 1)
6816 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6817 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6818 as needed. */
6819 DEFHOOK
6820 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6821 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6822 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6823 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6824 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6825 hook_uint_mode_0)
6827 DEFHOOK
6828 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6829 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6830 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6831 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6832 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6833 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6834 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6835 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6836 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6837 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6838 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6839 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6840 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6841 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6842 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6843 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6844 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6845 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6847 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6849 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6850 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6851 DEFHOOKPOD
6852 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6853 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6854 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6855 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6856 bool, false)
6858 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6859 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6860 DEFHOOKPOD
6861 (have_ctors_dtors,
6862 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6863 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6864 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6865 bool, false)
6867 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6868 DEFHOOKPOD
6869 (have_tls,
6870 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6871 The default value is false.",
6872 bool, false)
6874 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6875 DEFHOOKPOD
6876 (have_srodata_section,
6877 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6878 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6879 bool, false)
6881 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6882 DEFHOOKPOD
6883 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6884 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6885 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6886 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6887 true otherwise.",
6888 bool, true)
6890 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6891 DEFHOOKPOD
6892 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6893 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6894 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6895 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6896 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6897 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6898 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6899 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6901 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6902 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6903 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6904 bool, false)
6906 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6907 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6908 DEFHOOKPOD
6909 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6910 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6911 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6912 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6913 this to be done. The default is false.",
6914 bool, false)
6916 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6917 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6918 DEFHOOKPOD
6919 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6920 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6921 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6922 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6923 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6924 bool, false)
6926 DEFHOOKPOD
6927 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6928 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6929 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6930 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6931 bool, false)
6933 DEFHOOKPOD
6934 (delay_sched2,
6935 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6936 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6937 bool, false)
6939 DEFHOOKPOD
6940 (delay_vartrack,
6941 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6942 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6943 bool, false)
6945 DEFHOOKPOD
6946 (no_register_allocation,
6947 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6948 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6949 targets.",
6950 bool, false)
6952 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6954 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6955 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6956 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6957 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6959 DEFHOOK
6960 (emit,
6961 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
6962 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
6963 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
6964 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
6965 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6966 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6968 DEFHOOK
6969 (needed,
6970 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6971 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
6972 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
6973 in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
6974 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6975 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6977 DEFHOOK
6978 (after,
6979 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6980 If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
6981 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
6982 in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6983 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6985 DEFHOOK
6986 (entry,
6987 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6988 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6989 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
6990 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
6991 must be defined.",
6992 int, (int entity), NULL)
6994 DEFHOOK
6995 (exit,
6996 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6997 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6998 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
6999 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
7000 must be defined.",
7001 int, (int entity), NULL)
7003 DEFHOOK
7004 (priority,
7005 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
7006 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
7007 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
7008 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
7009 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
7010 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
7011 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
7012 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
7014 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
7016 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7017 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
7018 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7020 DEFHOOK
7021 (can_tag_addresses,
7022 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7023 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7024 work.\n\
7026 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7027 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7028 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7030 DEFHOOK
7031 (tag_size,
7032 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7034 The default returns 8.",
7035 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7037 DEFHOOK
7038 (granule_size,
7039 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7040 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7041 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7042 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7044 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7045 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7046 the same tag.\n\
7048 The default returns 16.",
7049 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7051 DEFHOOK
7052 (insert_random_tag,
7053 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7054 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7055 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7056 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7057 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7059 DEFHOOK
7060 (add_tag,
7061 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7062 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7063 @var{base}.\n\
7064 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7065 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7067 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7068 RTL.",
7069 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7070 default_memtag_add_tag)
7072 DEFHOOK
7073 (set_tag,
7074 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7075 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7076 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7077 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7078 @var{tag}.",
7079 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7081 DEFHOOK
7082 (extract_tag,
7083 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7084 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7085 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7086 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7088 DEFHOOK
7089 (untagged_pointer,
7090 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7091 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7092 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7093 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7095 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7096 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7097 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7099 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7100 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7101 #include "target-insns.def"
7102 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7104 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7105 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7106 #include "target-insns.def"
7107 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7109 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7110 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7111 #include "target-insns.def"
7112 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7114 DEFHOOK
7115 (run_target_selftests,
7116 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7117 void, (void),
7118 NULL)
7120 DEFHOOK
7121 (gcov_type_size,
7122 "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for\n\
7123 counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events. The default\n\
7124 value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\
7125 default value is 32. A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\
7126 counters. If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\
7127 counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting\n\
7128 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\
7129 type.",
7130 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
7132 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7133 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)